blob: b4f71d2de61a6090d92e71a3d653eaa66abb0907 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Jun 28
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000013|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000031
32{Vi does not have any of these commands}
33
34==============================================================================
351. Variables *variables*
36
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000371.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000038 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000039There are five types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000040
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000041Number A 32 bit signed number.
42 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
43
44String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
45 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
46
47Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
48 Example: function("strlen")
49
50List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
51 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000053Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
54 value. |Dictionary|
55 Example: {'blue': "#0000ff", 'red': "#ff0000"}
56
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000057The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
58are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059
60Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
61the Number. Examples: >
62 Number 123 --> String "123"
63 Number 0 --> String "0"
64 Number -1 --> String "-1"
65
66Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
67to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
68the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
69 String "456" --> Number 456
70 String "6bar" --> Number 6
71 String "foo" --> Number 0
72 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
73 String "0100" --> Number 64
74 String "-8" --> Number -8
75 String "+8" --> Number 0
76
77To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
78 :echo "0100" + 0
79
80For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
81
82Note that in the command >
83 :if "foo"
84"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
85use strlen(): >
86 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000087< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
88List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000089
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000090 *E706*
91You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
92to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000093equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000094 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000095 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000096 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000097
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000098
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000991.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +0000100 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000101A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000102in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
103around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000104
105 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
106 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000107< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000108A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
109have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000110
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000111A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
112Dictionary entry. Example: >
113 :function dict.init() dict
114 : let self.val = 0
115 :endfunction
116
117The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
118function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
119
120A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
121 :call Fn()
122 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000123
124The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000125 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000126
127You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
128arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000129 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000130
131
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001321.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000133 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000134A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
135can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
136position in the sequence.
137
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000138
139List creation ~
140 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000141A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000142Examples: >
143 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
144 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000145
146An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000147nested List: >
148 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000149
150An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
151
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000152
153List index ~
154 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000155An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000156after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
157 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000158 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000159
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000160When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000161 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000162<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000163A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
164the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000165 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
166
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000167To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000168is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000169 :echo get(mylist, idx)
170 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
171
172
173List concatenation ~
174
175Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
176 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000177 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000178
179To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
180it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
181
182
183Sublist ~
184
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000185A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
186separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000187 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000188
189Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
190similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
191available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000192 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
193 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
194 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000195
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000196The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
197is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
198 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
199 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
200
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +0000201NOTE: mylist[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index. Watch out for
202using a single letter variable before the ":". Insert a space when needed:
203mylist[s : e].
204
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000205
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000206List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000207 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000208When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
209variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
210change "bb": >
211 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
212 :let bb = aa
213 :call add(aa, 4)
214 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000215< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000216
217Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
218works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000219a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000220 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
221 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000222 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000223 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
224 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000225< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000226 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000227< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000228
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000229To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000230copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000231
232The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000233List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000234the same value. >
235 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
236 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
237 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000238< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000239 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000240< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000241
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000242Note about comparing lists: Two lists are considered equal if they have the
243same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==". There is one
244exception: When comparing a number with a string and the string contains extra
245characters beside the number they are not equal. Example: >
246 echo 4 == "4x"
247< 1 >
248 echo [4] == ["4x"]
249< 0
250
251This is to fix the odd behavior of == that can't be changed for backward
252compatibility reasons.
253
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000254
255List unpack ~
256
257To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
258square brackets, like list items: >
259 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
260
261When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
262this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
263and a variable name: >
264 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
265
266This works like: >
267 :let var1 = mylist[0]
268 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000269 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000270
271Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
272empty list then.
273
274
275List modification ~
276 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000277To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000278 :let list[4] = "four"
279 :let listlist[0][3] = item
280
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000281To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000282modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000283 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
284
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000285Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
286examples: >
287 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
288 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
289 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000290 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000291 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
292 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000293 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000294 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000295 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000296 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000297
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000298Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000299 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
300 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
301
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000302
303For loop ~
304
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000305The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
306to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000307 :for item in mylist
308 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000309 :endfor
310
311This works like: >
312 :let index = 0
313 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000314 : let item = mylist[index]
315 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000316 : let index = index + 1
317 :endwhile
318
319Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000320results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000321the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000322
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000323If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000324function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000325
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000326Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
327requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
328 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
329 : call Doit(lnum, col)
330 :endfor
331
332This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
333must remain the same to avoid an error.
334
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000335It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000336 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
337 : call Doit(i, j)
338 : if !empty(rest)
339 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
340 : endif
341 :endfor
342
343
344List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000345 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000346Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000347 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000348 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000349 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
350 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
351 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000352 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
353 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000354 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
355 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000356 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
357 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000358 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
359 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000360
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +0000361Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple. For
362example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
363 :exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
364
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000365
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003661.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000367 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000368A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000369entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
370ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000371
372
373Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000374 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000375A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000376braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
377only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000378 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
379 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000380< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000381A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
382String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000383entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
384Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000385
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000386A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000387nested Dictionary: >
388 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
389
390An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
391
392
393Accessing entries ~
394
395The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
396 :let val = mydict["one"]
397 :let mydict["four"] = 4
398
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000399You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000400
401For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
402form can be used |expr-entry|: >
403 :let val = mydict.one
404 :let mydict.four = 4
405
406Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
407key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000408 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000409
410
411Dictionary to List conversion ~
412
413You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
414turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
415
416Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
417 :for key in keys(mydict)
418 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
419 :endfor
420
421The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
422 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
423
424To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
425 :for v in values(mydict)
426 : echo "value: " . v
427 :endfor
428
429If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000430a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000431 :for entry in items(mydict)
432 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
433 :endfor
434
435
436Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000437 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000438Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
439Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
440Dictionary: >
441 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
442 :let adict = onedict
443 :let adict['a'] = 11
444 :echo onedict['a']
445 11
446
Bram Moolenaarf3bd51a2005-06-14 22:11:18 +0000447Two Dictionaries compare equal if all the key-value pairs compare equal. For
448more info see |list-identity|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000449
450
451Dictionary modification ~
452 *dict-modification*
453To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
454use |:let| this way: >
455 :let dict[4] = "four"
456 :let dict['one'] = item
457
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000458Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
459Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
460 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
461 :unlet dict.aaa
462 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000463
464Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000465 :call extend(adict, bdict)
466This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
467in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000468Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
469expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
470adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000471
472Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +0000473 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000474This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000475
476
477Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000478 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000479When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
480special way with a dictionary. Example: >
481 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000482 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000483 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000484 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
485 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000486
487This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
488Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
489the function was invoked from.
490
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000491It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
492Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
493
494 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000495To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
496assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000497 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
498 :function mydict.len() dict
499 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000500 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000501 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000502
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000503The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
504that references this function. The function can only be used through a
505|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
506remaining that refers to it.
507
508It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000509
510
511Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000512 *E715*
513Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000514 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
515 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
516 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
517 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
518 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
519 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
520 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
521 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000522
523
5241.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000525 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000526If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
527function.
528
529When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
530start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
531stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
532
533When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
534start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
535stored in the session file |session-file|.
536
537variable name can be stored where ~
538my_var_6 not
539My_Var_6 session file
540MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
541
542
543It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
544|curly-braces-names|.
545
546==============================================================================
5472. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
548
549Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
550
551|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
552
553|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
554
555|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
556
557|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
558 expr5 != expr5 not equal
559 expr5 > expr5 greater than
560 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
561 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
562 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
563 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
564 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
565
566 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
567 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
568 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
569 matching case
570
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000571 expr5 is expr5 same List instance
572 expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance
573
574|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000575 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
576 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
577
578|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
579 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
580 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
581
582|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
583 - expr7 unary minus
584 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000585
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000586
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000587|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
588 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a List
589 expr8.name entry in a Dictionary
590 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
591
592|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000593 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000594 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000595 [expr1, ...] List
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000596 {expr1: expr1, ...} Dictionary
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000597 &option option value
598 (expr1) nested expression
599 variable internal variable
600 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
601 $VAR environment variable
602 @r contents of register 'r'
603 function(expr1, ...) function call
604 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
605
606
607".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
608Example: >
609 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
610
611All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
612
613
614expr1 *expr1* *E109*
615-----
616
617expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
618
619The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
620non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
621otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
622Example: >
623 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
624
625Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
626other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
627Example: >
628 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
629
630To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
631 :echo lnum == 1
632 :\ ? "top"
633 :\ : lnum == 1000
634 :\ ? "last"
635 :\ : lnum
636
637
638expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
639---------------
640
641 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
642The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
643are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
644
645 input output ~
646n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
647zero zero zero zero
648zero non-zero non-zero zero
649non-zero zero non-zero zero
650non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
651
652The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
653
654 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
655
656Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
657
658 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
659
660Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
661arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
662
663 let a = 1
664 echo a || b
665
666This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
667so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
668
669 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
670
671This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
672only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
673
674
675expr4 *expr4*
676-----
677
678expr5 {cmp} expr5
679
680Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
681if it evaluates to true.
682
683 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
684 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
685 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
686 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
687 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
688 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000689 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000690 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
691equal == ==# ==?
692not equal != !=# !=?
693greater than > ># >?
694greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
695smaller than < <# <?
696smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
697regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
698regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000699same instance is
700different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000701
702Examples:
703"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
704"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
705"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
706
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000707 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000708A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is"
709can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring
710case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
711
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000712 *E735* *E736*
713A Dictionary can only be compared with a Dictionary and only "equal", "not
714equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the Dictionary,
715recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
716
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000717 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000718A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal"
719can be used. Case is never ignored.
720
721When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are
722referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the
723original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using
724"equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
725different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
726is false.
727
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000728When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
729and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
730because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
731
732When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
733results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
734necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
735
736When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
737'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
738
739When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
740'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
741
742The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
743argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
744This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
745matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
746portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
747single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
748Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
749(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
750can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
751 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
752 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
753
754
755expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
756---------------
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000757expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+*
758expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
759expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000760
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000761For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result
762is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
763
764expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
765expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
766expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000767
768For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
769
770Note the difference between "+" and ".":
771 "123" + "456" = 579
772 "123" . "456" = "123456"
773
774When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
775When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
776
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000777None of these work for Funcrefs.
778
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000779
780expr7 *expr7*
781-----
782! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
783- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
784+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
785
786For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
787For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
788For '+' the number is unchanged.
789
790A String will be converted to a Number first.
791
792These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
793 !-1 == 0
794 !!8 == 1
795 --9 == 9
796
797
798expr8 *expr8*
799-----
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000800expr8[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000801
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000802If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
803expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000804Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000805
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000806Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
807text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
808cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000809 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
810
811If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000812String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
813compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
814
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000815If expr8 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000816for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
817error. Example: >
818 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
819
820Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
821or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
822
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000823
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000824expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000825
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000826If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
827from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000828expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
829encodings.
830
831If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
832string minus one is used.
833
834A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
835the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
836
837If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
838expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
839
840Examples: >
841 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
842 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
843 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
844 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
845
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000846If expr8 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000847indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
848above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
849 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
850 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
851 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
852
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000853Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000855
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000856expr8.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000857
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000858If expr8 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name
859will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000860
861The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
862but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
863
864There must not be white space before or after the dot.
865
866Examples: >
867 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
868 :echo dict.one
869 :echo dict .2
870
871Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
872always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
873
874
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000875expr8(expr1, ...) Funcref function call
876
877When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
878
879
880
881 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000882number
883------
884number number constant *expr-number*
885
886Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
887
888
889string *expr-string* *E114*
890------
891"string" string constant *expr-quote*
892
893Note that double quotes are used.
894
895A string constant accepts these special characters:
896\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
897\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
898\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
899\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
900\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
901\X.. same as \x..
902\X. same as \x.
903\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
904 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
905\U.... same as \u....
906\b backspace <BS>
907\e escape <Esc>
908\f formfeed <FF>
909\n newline <NL>
910\r return <CR>
911\t tab <Tab>
912\\ backslash
913\" double quote
914\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
915
916Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
917
918
919literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
920---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000921'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000922
923Note that single quotes are used.
924
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000925This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000926meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000927
928Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
929to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
930 if a =~ "\\s*"
931 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000932
933
934option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
935------
936&option option value, local value if possible
937&g:option global option value
938&l:option local option value
939
940Examples: >
941 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
942 if &insertmode
943
944Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
945and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
946anyway.
947
948
949register *expr-register*
950--------
951@r contents of register 'r'
952
953The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
954Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +0000955register use @" or @@. See |registers| for an explanation of the available
956registers.
957
958When using the '=' register you get the expression itself, not what it
959evaluates to. Use |eval()| to evaluate it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000960
961
962nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
963-------
964(expr1) nested expression
965
966
967environment variable *expr-env*
968--------------------
969$VAR environment variable
970
971The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
972result is an empty string.
973 *expr-env-expand*
974Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
975expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
976are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
977the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
978fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
979does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
980 :echo $version
981 :echo expand("$version")
982The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
983variable (if your shell supports it).
984
985
986internal variable *expr-variable*
987-----------------
988variable internal variable
989See below |internal-variables|.
990
991
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +0000992function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000993-------------
994function(expr1, ...) function call
995See below |functions|.
996
997
998==============================================================================
9993. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
1000 *E461*
1001An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
1002cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
1003|curly-braces-names|.
1004
1005An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001006An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
1007|:unlet|.
1008Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
1009been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001010
1011There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
1012specified by what is prepended:
1013
1014 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
1015|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
1016|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
1017|global-variable| g: Global.
1018|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
1019|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
1020|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
1021|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
1022
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001023The scope name by itself can be used as a Dictionary. For example, to delete
1024all script-local variables: >
1025 :for k in keys(s:)
1026 : unlet s:[k]
1027 :endfor
1028<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001029 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1030A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1031Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1032This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1033|:bdelete|.
1034
1035One local buffer variable is predefined:
1036 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1037b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1038 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1039 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1040 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1041 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1042 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1043 : call My_Update()
1044 :endif
1045<
1046 *window-variable* *w:var*
1047A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1048is deleted when the window is closed.
1049
1050 *global-variable* *g:var*
1051Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1052access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1053place if you like.
1054
1055 *local-variable* *l:var*
1056Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1057But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1058
1059 *script-variable* *s:var*
1060In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1061accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1062
1063They can be used in:
1064- commands executed while the script is sourced
1065- functions defined in the script
1066- autocommands defined in the script
1067- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1068 defined in the script (recursively)
1069- user defined commands defined in the script
1070Thus not in:
1071- other scripts sourced from this one
1072- mappings
1073- etc.
1074
1075script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1076Take this example:
1077
1078 let s:counter = 0
1079 function MyCounter()
1080 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1081 echo s:counter
1082 endfunction
1083 command Tick call MyCounter()
1084
1085You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1086that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1087"Tick" was defined is used.
1088
1089Another example that does the same: >
1090
1091 let s:counter = 0
1092 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1093
1094When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001095script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001096defined.
1097
1098The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1099function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1100
1101 let s:counter = 0
1102 function StartCounting(incr)
1103 if a:incr
1104 function MyCounter()
1105 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1106 endfunction
1107 else
1108 function MyCounter()
1109 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1110 endfunction
1111 endif
1112 endfunction
1113
1114This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1115when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1116called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1117
1118When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1119They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1120maintain a counter: >
1121
1122 if !exists("s:counter")
1123 let s:counter = 1
1124 echo "script executed for the first time"
1125 else
1126 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1127 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1128 endif
1129
1130Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1131variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1132
1133
1134Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1135
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001136 *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
1137v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
1138 This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
1139 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1140
1141 *v:beval_bufnr* *beval_bufnr-variable*
1142v:beval_bufnr The number of the buffer, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1143 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1144
1145 *v:beval_lnum* *beval_lnum-variable*
1146v:beval_lnum The number of the line, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1147 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1148
1149 *v:beval_text* *beval_text-variable*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001150v:beval_text The text under or after the mouse pointer. Usually a word as
1151 it is useful for debugging a C program. 'iskeyword' applies,
1152 but a dot and "->" before the position is included. When on a
1153 ']' the text before it is used, including the matching '[' and
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001154 word before it. When on a Visual area within one line the
1155 highlighted text is used.
1156 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1157
1158 *v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
1159v:beval_winnr The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1160 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1161
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1163v:charconvert_from
1164 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1165 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1166
1167 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1168v:charconvert_to
1169 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1170 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1171
1172 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1173v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1174 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1175 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1176 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1177 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1178 possible to append this variable directly after the
1179 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1180 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1181 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1182 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1183 in 'printexpr'.
1184
1185 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1186v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1187 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1188 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1189 can be used.
1190
1191 *v:count* *count-variable*
1192v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1193 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1194 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1195< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1196 get when typing ':' after a count.
1197 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1198
1199 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1200v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1201 used.
1202
1203 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1204v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1205 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1206 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1207 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1208 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1209 command.
1210 See |multi-lang|.
1211
1212 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1213v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1214 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1215 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1216 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1217 Example: >
1218 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1219<
1220 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1221v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1222 Example: >
1223 :let v:errmsg = ""
1224 :silent! next
1225 :if v:errmsg != ""
1226 : ... handle error
1227< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1228
1229 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1230v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1231 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1232 Example: >
1233 :try
1234 : throw "oops"
1235 :catch /.*/
1236 : echo "caught" v:exception
1237 :endtry
1238< Output: "caught oops".
1239
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001240 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1241v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1242 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1243 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1244 deleted file no longer exists
1245 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1246 changed and buffer is modified
1247 changed file contents has changed
1248 mode mode of file changed
1249 time only file timestamp changed
1250
1251 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1252v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1253 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1254 do with the affected buffer:
1255 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1256 the file was deleted).
1257 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1258 was no autocommand. Except that when
1259 only the timestamp changed nothing
1260 will happen.
1261 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1262 everything that needs to be done.
1263 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1264 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1265
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001266 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
1267v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
1268 option used for ~
1269 'charconvert' file to be converted
1270 'diffexpr' original file
1271 'patchexpr' original file
1272 'printexpr' file to be printed
1273
1274 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1275v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1276 evaluating:
1277 option used for ~
1278 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1279 'diffexpr' output of diff
1280 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1281 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1282 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1283 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1284 file and different from v:fname_in.
1285
1286 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1287v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1288 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1289
1290 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1291v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1292 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1293
1294 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1295v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1296 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001297 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001298
1299 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1300v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001301 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001302
1303 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1304v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001305 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001306
1307 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1308v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001309 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001311 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1312v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1313 events. Values:
1314 i Insert mode
1315 r Replace mode
1316 v Virtual Replace mode
1317
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001318 *v:key* *key-variable*
1319v:key Key of the current item of a Dictionary. Only valid while
1320 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1321 Read-only.
1322
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001323 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1324v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1325 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1326 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1327 The value is system dependent.
1328 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1329 command.
1330 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1331 in a different language than what is used for character
1332 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1333
1334 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1335v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1336 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1337 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1338 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1339 command. See |multi-lang|.
1340
1341 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001342v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
1343 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
1344 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001345
1346 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1347v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1348 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1349 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1350 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1351< Read-only.
1352
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001353 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1354v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1355 See |profiling|.
1356
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001357 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1358v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1359 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1360 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1361 Read-only.
1362
1363 *v:register* *register-variable*
1364v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1365 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1366
1367 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1368v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1369 Read-only.
1370
1371 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1372v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1373 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1374 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1375 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1376 executed. Read-only.
1377 Example: >
1378 :!mv foo bar
1379 :if v:shell_error
1380 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1381 :endif
1382< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1383
1384 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1385v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1386
1387 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1388v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1389 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1390 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1391 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1392 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1393 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1394 terminal.
1395 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1396 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1397 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1398 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1399 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1400
1401 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1402v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1403 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1404 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1405 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1406
1407 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1408v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1409 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1410 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1411 Example: >
1412 :try
1413 : throw "oops"
1414 :catch /.*/
1415 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1416 :endtry
1417< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1418
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001419 *v:val* *val-variable*
1420v:val Value of the current item of a List or Dictionary. Only valid
1421 while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
1422 |filter()|. Read-only.
1423
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001424 *v:version* *version-variable*
1425v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1426 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1427 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1428 compatibility.
1429 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1430 if has("patch123")
1431< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1432 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1433 completely different.
1434
1435 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1436v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1437
1438==============================================================================
14394. Builtin Functions *functions*
1440
1441See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1442
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001443(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001444
1445USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1446
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001447add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001448append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001449append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001451argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001452argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1453browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1454 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001455browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001456bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001457buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1458bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001459bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1460bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1461bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1462byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001463byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001464call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1465 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001466char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001467cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001468col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
1469confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1470 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001471copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001472count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1473 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1475 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001476cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1477deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001478delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1479did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001480diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1481diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001482empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001483escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001484eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001485eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001486executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1487exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1488expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1489filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001490filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1491 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001492finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1493 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001494findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001495 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001496filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1497fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001498foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1499foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001500foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001501foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001502foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001503function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001504get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001505get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001506getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1507getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1509getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1510getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
1511getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001512getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1513getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001514getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001515getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001516getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001517getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1518getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00001519getqflist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001520getreg( [{regname} [, 1]]) String contents of register
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001521getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001522getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1523getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1524getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1525glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1526globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1527has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001528has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001529hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1530histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1531histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1532histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1533histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1534hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1535hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1536hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001537iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1538indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001539index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1540 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001541input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user
1542inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001543inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1544inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001545inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001546insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001548islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001549items( {dict}) List List of key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001550join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001551keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001552len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1553libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001554libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1555line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1556line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001557lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001558localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001559map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001560maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1561mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001562match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001564matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001565 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001566matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1567 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001568matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1569 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001570max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1571min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001572mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1573 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001574mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1576nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1577prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001578range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1579 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001580readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1581 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001582remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1583 String send expression
1584remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1585remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1586 Number check for reply string
1587remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1588remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1589 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001590remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001591remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001592rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1593repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1594resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001595reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001596search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001597searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001598 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001599server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1600 Number send reply string
1601serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1602setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1603setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1604setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00001605setqflist( {list}[, {action}]) Number set list of quickfix items using {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001606setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001608simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001609sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001610soundfold( {word}) String sound-fold {word}
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00001611spellbadword() String badly spelled word at cursor
1612spellsuggest({word} [, {max}]) List spelling suggestions
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001613split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
1614 List make List from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001615strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001616stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1617 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001618string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001619strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1620strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1621 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001622strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1623 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001624strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001625submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001626substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1627 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001628synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001629synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1630 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1631synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001632system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001633taglist({expr}) List list of tags matching {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634tempname() String name for a temporary file
1635tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1636toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001637tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1638 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001639type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001640values( {dict}) List List of values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001641virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1642visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1643winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1644wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1645winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1646winline() Number window line of the cursor
1647winnr() Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001648winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001650writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1651 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001653add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
1654 Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001655 List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001656 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1657 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
1658< Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001659 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001660 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001661
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001662
1663append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001664 When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the List as a text
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001665 line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001666 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1667 the current buffer.
1668 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001669 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1670 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001671 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001672 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001673<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674 *argc()*
1675argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1676 current window. See |arglist|.
1677
1678 *argidx()*
1679argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1680 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1681
1682 *argv()*
1683argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1684 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1685 Example: >
1686 :let i = 0
1687 :while i < argc()
1688 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1689 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1690 : let i = i + 1
1691 :endwhile
1692<
1693 *browse()*
1694browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1695 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1696 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1697 The input fields are:
1698 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1699 {title} title for the requester
1700 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1701 {default} default file name
1702 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1703 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1704
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001705 *browsedir()*
1706browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1707 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1708 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1709 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1710 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1711 to be used.
1712 The input fields are:
1713 {title} title for the requester
1714 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1715 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1716 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1717
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1719 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1720 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001721 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001723 exactly. The name can be:
1724 - Relative to the current directory.
1725 - A full path.
1726 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1727 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001728 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1729 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1730 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1731 long name to be able to find them.
1732 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1733 file name.
1734 *buffer_exists()*
1735 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1736
1737buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1738 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1739 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001740 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001741
1742bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1743 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1744 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001745 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746
1747bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1748 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1749 ":ls" command.
1750 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1751 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1752 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1753 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1754 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1755 match an empty string is returned.
1756 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1757 alternate buffer.
1758 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1759 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1760 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1761 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1762 buffers are searched for.
1763 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1764 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1765 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1766< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1767 string is returned. >
1768 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1769 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1770 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1771 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1772< *buffer_name()*
1773 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1774
1775 *bufnr()*
1776bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1777 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1778 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1779 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1780 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1781< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1782 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1783 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1784 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1785 *buffer_number()*
1786 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1787 *last_buffer_nr()*
1788 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1789
1790bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1791 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1792 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1793 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1794 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1795
1796 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1797
1798< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1799 |:wincmd|.
1800
1801
1802byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1803 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1804 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1805 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1806 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1807 one.
1808 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1809 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1810 feature}
1811
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001812byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1813 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1814 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1815 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1816 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1817 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1818 Example : >
1819 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1820< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1821 same: >
1822 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1823 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1824< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1825 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1826 is returned.
1827
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001828call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001829 Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as
1830 arguments.
1831 {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function.
1832 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1833 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001834 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1835 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001836
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001837char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1838 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1839 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1840 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1841< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
1842 char2nr("á") returns 225
1843 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001844< nr2char() does the opposite.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001845
1846cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1847 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1848 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1849 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1850 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1851 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1852 feature, -1 is returned.
1853
1854 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001855col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001856 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1857 . the cursor position
1858 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1859 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1860 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1861 returned)
1862 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1863 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1864 Examples: >
1865 col(".") column of cursor
1866 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1867 col("'t") column of mark t
1868 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1869< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1870 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1871 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1872 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1873 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1874 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1875 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1876 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1877<
1878 *confirm()*
1879confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1880 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1881 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1882 choice this is 1.
1883 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1884 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1885 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1886 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1887 used (and translated).
1888 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1889 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1890 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1891 by '\n', e.g. >
1892 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1893< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1894 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1895 not need to be the first letter: >
1896 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1897< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1898 the default shortcut key.
1899 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1900 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1901 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1902 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1903 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1904 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1905 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1906 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1907 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1908 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1909 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1910
1911 An example: >
1912 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1913 :if choice == 0
1914 : echo "make up your mind!"
1915 :elseif choice == 3
1916 : echo "tasteful"
1917 :else
1918 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
1919 :endif
1920< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
1921 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
1922 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
1923 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
1924 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
1925 the horizontal layout is always used.
1926
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001927 *copy()*
1928copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1929 different from using {expr} directly.
1930 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
1931 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1932 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
1933 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
1934 |deepcopy()|.
1935
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001936count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001937 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001938 in List or Dictionary {comp}.
1939 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
1940 {start} can only be used with a List.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001941 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
1942
1943
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001944 *cscope_connection()*
1945cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1946 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
1947 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
1948 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
1949 if there are no cscope connections;
1950 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
1951
1952 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
1953 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
1954
1955 {num} Description of existence check
1956 ----- ------------------------------
1957 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
1958 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
1959 {dbpath}.
1960 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
1961 {dbpath}.
1962 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
1963 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1964 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
1965 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1966
1967 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
1968
1969 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
1970
1971 # pid database name prepend path
1972 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
1973<
1974 Invocation Return Val ~
1975 ---------- ---------- >
1976 cscope_connection() 1
1977 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
1978 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
1979 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
1980 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
1981 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
1982 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
1983 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
1984<
1985cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
1986 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
1987 Does not change the jumplist.
1988 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
1989 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
1990 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
1991 If {col} is greater than the number of characters in the line,
1992 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
1993 line.
1994 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
1995
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001996
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00001997deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001998 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1999 different from using {expr} directly.
2000 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
2001 that the original List can be changed without changing the
2002 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
2003 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
2004 not change the contents of the original List.
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002005 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained List or Dictionary
2006 is only copied once. All references point to this single
2007 copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a List or
2008 Dictionary results in a new copy. This also means that a
2009 cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00002010 *E724*
2011 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002012 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
2013 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002014 Also see |copy()|.
2015
2016delete({fname}) *delete()*
2017 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002018 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
2019 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002020 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002021
2022 *did_filetype()*
2023did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
2024 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
2025 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
2026 that detect the file type. |FileType|
2027 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
2028 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
2029 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
2030 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
2031 file.
2032
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00002033diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
2034 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
2035 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
2036 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
2037 display but don't exist in the buffer.
2038 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2039 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2040 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
2041
2042diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
2043 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
2044 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
2045 diff change zero is returned.
2046 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2047 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2048 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
2049 line.
2050 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
2051 syntax information about the highlighting.
2052
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002053empty({expr}) *empty()*
2054 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002055 A List or Dictionary is empty when it does not have any items.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002056 A Number is empty when its value is zero.
2057 For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length
2058 with zero.
2059
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002060escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2061 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2062 backslash. Example: >
2063 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2064< results in: >
2065 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002066
2067< *eval()*
2068eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2069 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2070 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
2071 Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions.
2072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002073eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2074 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2075 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2076 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2077 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2078
2079executable({expr}) *executable()*
2080 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2081 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002082 arguments.
2083 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2084 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2085 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2086 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2087 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2088 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2089 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2090 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2091 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2092 extension.
2093 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2094 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002095 The result is a Number:
2096 1 exists
2097 0 does not exist
2098 -1 not implemented on this system
2099
2100 *exists()*
2101exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2102 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2103 which contains one of these:
2104 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2105 not if it really works)
2106 +option-name Vim option that works.
2107 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2108 done by comparing with an empty
2109 string)
2110 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2111 or user defined function (see
2112 |user-functions|).
2113 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002114 |internal-variables|). Also works
2115 for |curly-braces-names|, Dictionary
2116 entries, List items, etc. Beware that
2117 this may cause functions to be
2118 invoked cause an error message for an
2119 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002120 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2121 command or command modifier |:command|.
2122 Returns:
2123 1 for match with start of a command
2124 2 full match with a command
2125 3 matches several user commands
2126 To check for a supported command
2127 always check the return value to be 2.
2128 #event autocommand defined for this event
2129 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2130 pattern (the pattern is taken
2131 literally and compared to the
2132 autocommand patterns character by
2133 character)
2134 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2135
2136 Examples: >
2137 exists("&shortname")
2138 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2139 exists("*strftime")
2140 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2141 exists("bufcount")
2142 exists(":Make")
2143 exists("#CursorHold");
2144 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
2145< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2146 name.
2147 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2148 variable itself! For example: >
2149 exists(bufcount)
2150< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2151 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2152 exists.
2153
2154expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2155 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2156 The result is a String.
2157
2158 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2159 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2160 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2161
2162 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2163 for a non-existing file is not included.
2164
2165 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2166 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2167 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2168
2169 % current file name
2170 # alternate file name
2171 #n alternate file name n
2172 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2173 <afile> autocmd file name
2174 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2175 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2176 <sfile> sourced script file name
2177 <cword> word under the cursor
2178 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2179 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2180 message |server2client()|
2181 Modifiers:
2182 :p expand to full path
2183 :h head (last path component removed)
2184 :t tail (last path component only)
2185 :r root (one extension removed)
2186 :e extension only
2187
2188 Example: >
2189 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2190< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2191 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2192 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2193< Use this: >
2194 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2195< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2196 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2197 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2198 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2199 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2200<
2201 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2202 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2203 to modify normal file names.
2204
2205 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2206 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2207 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2208 '/' added.
2209
2210 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2211 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2212 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2213 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
2214 non-existing files are included.
2215
2216 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2217 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2218 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2219 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2220 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2221 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2222 "$FOOBAR".
2223
2224 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2225 getting the raw output of an external command.
2226
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002227extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
2228 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both Lists or both Dictionaries.
2229
2230 If they are Lists: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
2231 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2232 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2233 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2234 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002235 Examples: >
2236 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2237 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002238< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2239 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002240 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002241<
2242 If they are Dictionaries:
2243 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2244 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2245 used to decide what to do:
2246 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2247 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002248 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002249 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2250
2251 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2252 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2253 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2254 Returns {expr1}.
2255
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002256
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2258 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2259 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2260 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2261 expression, which is used as a String.
2262 *file_readable()*
2263 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2264
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002265
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002266filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
2267 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
2268 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
2269 is zero remove the item from the List or Dictionary.
2270 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
2271 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
2272 Examples: >
2273 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2274< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2275 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2276< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2277 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002278< Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary.
2279
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002280 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2281 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2282 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2283
2284 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
2285 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002286 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002287
2288< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002289
2290
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002291finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2292 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2293 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2294 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2295 {name} in {path}.
2296 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2297 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2298 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2299 Example: >
2300 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2301< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2302 the file "tags.vim".
2303 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2304
2305findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2306 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2307
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002308filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2309 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2310 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2311 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2312 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2313
2314fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2315 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2316 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2317 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2318 Example: >
2319 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2320< results in: >
2321 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2322< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2323 |expand()| first then.
2324
2325foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2326 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2327 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2328 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2329
2330foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2331 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2332 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2333 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2334
2335foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2336 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2337 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2338 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2339 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2340 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2341 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2342 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2343 previous line is usually available.
2344
2345 *foldtext()*
2346foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2347 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2348 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2349 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2350 The returned string looks like this: >
2351 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2352< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2353 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2354 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2355 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2356 options is removed.
2357 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2358
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002359foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2360 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2361 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2362 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2363 returned.
2364 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2365 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2366 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2367 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2368
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 *foreground()*
2370foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2371 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2372 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2373 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2374 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2375 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2376 Win32 console version}
2377
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002378
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002379function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002380 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
2381 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2382
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002383
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002384garbagecollect() *garbagecollect()*
2385 Cleanup unused Lists and Dictionaries that have circular
2386 references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
2387 function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
2388 memory or is waiting for the user to press a key after
2389 'updatetime'. Items without circular references are always
2390 freed when they become unused.
2391 This is useful if you have deleted a very big List and/or
2392 Dictionary with circular references in a script that runs for
2393 a long time.
2394
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002395get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002396 Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not
2397 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2398 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002399get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
2400 Get item with key {key} from Dictionary {dict}. When this
2401 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2402 {default} is omitted.
2403
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002404
2405getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2406 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2407 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2408 must be used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002409 This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
2410 doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
2411 window-local option.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002412 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2413 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2414 returned, there is no error message.
2415 Examples: >
2416 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2417 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2418<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2420 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2421 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2422 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2423 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2424 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2425 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2426 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2427 not consumed. If a normal character is
2428 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2429 non-zero value is returned.
2430 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2431 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2432 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2433 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2434 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2435 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2436 user that a character has to be typed.
2437 There is no mapping for the character.
2438 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2439 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2440 sequence. Examples: >
2441 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2442 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2443< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2444 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2445 :function FindChar()
2446 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2447 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2448 : normal l
2449 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2450 : break
2451 : endif
2452 : endwhile
2453 :endfunction
2454
2455getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2456 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2457 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2458 These values are added together:
2459 2 shift
2460 4 control
2461 8 alt (meta)
2462 16 mouse double click
2463 32 mouse triple click
2464 64 mouse quadruple click
2465 128 Macintosh only: command
2466 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2467 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2468 with no modifier.
2469
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002470getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2471 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2472 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2473 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2474 Example: >
2475 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
2476< Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
2477
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002478getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2480 byte count. The first column is 1.
2481 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2482 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
2483 Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2484
2485 *getcwd()*
2486getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2487 working directory.
2488
2489getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2490 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2491 given file {fname}.
2492 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2493 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2494
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002495getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2496 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2497 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2498 |hl-Normal|.
2499 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2500 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2501 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2502 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2503 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2504 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2505 for a valid name does not work.
2506 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2507 function just after the GUI has started.
2508
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002509getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2510 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2511 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2512 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2513 empty string is returned.
2514 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2515 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2516 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2517 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2518 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2519 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2520< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2521 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00002522
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2524 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2525 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2526 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2527 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2528 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2529
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002530getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2531 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2532 file of the given file {fname}.
2533 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2534 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2535 results:
2536 Normal file "file"
2537 Directory "dir"
2538 Symbolic link "link"
2539 Block device "bdev"
2540 Character device "cdev"
2541 Socket "socket"
2542 FIFO "fifo"
2543 All other "other"
2544 Example: >
2545 getftype("/home")
2546< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2547 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2548 "file" are returned.
2549
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002550 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002551getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2552 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2553 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002554 getline(1)
2555< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2556 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2557 To get the line under the cursor: >
2558 getline(".")
2559< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2560 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2561
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002562 When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a
2563 line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
2564 including line {end}.
2565 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2566 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
2567 When {end} is before {lnum} an error is given.
2568 Example: >
2569 :let start = line('.')
2570 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2571 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2572
2573
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002574getqflist() *getqflist()*
2575 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2576 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2577 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2578 bufname() to get the name
2579 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2580 col column number (first column is 1)
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00002581 vcol non-zero: "col" is visual column
2582 zero: "col" is byte index
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002583 nr error number
2584 text description of the error
2585 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2586 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2587
2588 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2589 do something with them: >
2590 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2591 :for d in getqflist()
2592 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2593 :endfor
2594
2595
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002596getreg([{regname} [, 1]]) *getreg()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002597 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002598 {regname}. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002599 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2600< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002601 register. (For use in maps.)
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002602 getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
2603 be restored with |setreg()|. For other registers the extra
2604 argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002605 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2606
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002607
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002608getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2609 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2610 The value will be one of:
2611 "v" for |characterwise| text
2612 "V" for |linewise| text
2613 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2614 0 for an empty or unknown register
2615 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2616 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2617
2618 *getwinposx()*
2619getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2620 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2621 -1 if the information is not available.
2622
2623 *getwinposy()*
2624getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2625 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2626 information is not available.
2627
2628getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2629 The result is the value of option or local window variable
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00002630 {varname} in window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current
2631 window is used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002632 This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
2633 window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
2634 or buffer-local variable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002635 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2636 Examples: >
2637 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2638 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2639<
2640 *glob()*
2641glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2642 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2643 characters.
2644 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2645 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2646
2647 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2648 any external command. Example: >
2649 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2650 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2651< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2652 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2653
2654 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2655 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2656
2657globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2658 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2659 the results. Example: >
2660 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2661< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2662 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2663 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2664 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2665 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2666 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2667 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2668 error message.
2669 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2670 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2671
2672 *has()*
2673has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2674 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2675 string. See |feature-list| below.
2676 Also see |exists()|.
2677
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002678
2679has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
2680 The result is a Number, which is 1 if Dictionary {dict} has an
2681 entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
2682
2683
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002684hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2685 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2686 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2687 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2688 {mode}.
2689 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2690 buffer are checked for a match.
2691 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2692 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2693 n Normal mode
2694 v Visual mode
2695 o Operator-pending mode
2696 i Insert mode
2697 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2698 c Command-line mode
2699 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2700
2701 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2702 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2703 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2704 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2705 :endif
2706< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2707 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2708
2709histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2710 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2711 one of: *hist-names*
2712 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2713 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2714 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2715 "input" or "@" input line history
2716 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2717 shifted to become the newest entry.
2718 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2719 otherwise 0 is returned.
2720
2721 Example: >
2722 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2723 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2724< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2725
2726histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002727 Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002728 for the possible values of {history}.
2729
2730 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2731 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2732 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2733 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2734 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2735 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2736 if it exists.
2737
2738 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2739 otherwise 0 is returned.
2740
2741 Examples:
2742 Clear expression register history: >
2743 :call histdel("expr")
2744<
2745 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2746 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2747<
2748 The following three are equivalent: >
2749 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2750 :call histdel("search", -1)
2751 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2752<
2753 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2754 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2755 :call histdel("search", -1)
2756 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2757
2758histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2759 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2760 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2761 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2762 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2763 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2764
2765 Examples:
2766 Redo the second last search from history. >
2767 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2768
2769< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2770 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2771 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2772<
2773histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2774 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2775 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2776 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2777
2778 Example: >
2779 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2780<
2781hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2782 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2783 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2784 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2785 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2786 item.
2787 *highlight_exists()*
2788 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2789
2790 *hlID()*
2791hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2792 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2793 zero is returned.
2794 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2795 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2796 "Comment" group: >
2797 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2798< *highlightID()*
2799 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2800
2801hostname() *hostname()*
2802 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002803 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002804 256 characters long are truncated.
2805
2806iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2807 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2808 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2809 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2810 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2811 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2812 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2813 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2814 can be done.
2815 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2816 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2817 UTF-8 and use: >
2818 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2819< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2820 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2821 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2822 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2823
2824 *indent()*
2825indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2826 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2827 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2828 |getline()|.
2829 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2830
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002831
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002832index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002833 Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a
2834 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002835 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2836 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002837 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2838 case must match.
2839 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2840 Example: >
2841 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002842 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002843
2844
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002845input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()*
2846 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
2847 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
2848 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
2849 prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with
2850 |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just
2851 like a command-line, with the same editing commands and
2852 mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for
2853 input().
2854 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
2855 default reply, as if the user typed this.
2856 NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the
2857 versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
2858 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
2859 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
2860 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
2861 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
2862 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
2863 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
2864 |:execute| or |:normal|.
2865
2866 Example: >
2867 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
2868 : echo "Cheers!"
2869 :endif
2870< Example with default text: >
2871 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
2872< Example with a mapping: >
2873 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
2874 :function GetFoo()
2875 : call inputsave()
2876 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
2877 : call inputrestore()
2878 :endfunction
2879
2880inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
2881 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
2882 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
2883 Example: >
2884 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
2885 :if n != ""
2886 : let &sw = n
2887 :endif
2888< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
2889 omitted an empty string is returned.
2890 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
2891 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
2892
2893inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
2894 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
2895 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
2896 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
2897 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
2898
2899inputsave() *inputsave()*
2900 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
2901 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
2902 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
2903 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
2904 many inputrestore() calls.
2905 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
2906
2907inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
2908 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
2909 two exceptions:
2910 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
2911 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
2912 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
2913 |history| stack.
2914 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
2915 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
2916
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002917insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
2918 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
2919 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
2920 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
2921 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
2922 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002923 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002924 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
2925 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
2926 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002927< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002928 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
2929 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
2930
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
2932 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
2933 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
2934 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
2935 is any expression, which is used as a String.
2936
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00002937islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
2938 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
2939 name of a locked variable.
2940 {expr} must be the name of a variable, List item or Dictionary
2941 entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
2942 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
2943 :lockvar 1 alist
2944 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
2945 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
2946
2947< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
2948 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
2949
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002950items({dict}) *items()*
2951 Return a List with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
2952 List item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} entry
2953 and the value of this entry. The List is in arbitrary order.
2954
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002955
2956join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
2957 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
2958 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
2959 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
2960 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
2961 add it there too: >
2962 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
2963< String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are
2964 converted into a string like with |string()|.
2965 The opposite function is |split()|.
2966
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002967keys({dict}) *keys()*
2968 Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in
2969 arbitrary order.
2970
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002971 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002972len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
2973 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
2974 used, as with |strlen()|.
2975 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
2976 returned.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002977 When {expr} is a Dictionary the number of entries in the
2978 Dictionary is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002979 Otherwise an error is given.
2980
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002981 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
2982libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
2983 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
2984 with single argument {argument}.
2985 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
2986 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
2987 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
2988 limited.
2989 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
2990 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
2991 to Vim.
2992 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
2993 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
2994 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
2995 null-terminated string.
2996 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
2997
2998 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
2999 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3000 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3001 very probably crash.
3002
3003 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3004 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3005 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3006 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3007 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3008 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3009 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3010 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3011 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3012 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3013
3014 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3015 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3016 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3017 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3018 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3019 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3020 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3021 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3022 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3023 feature is present}
3024 Examples: >
3025 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3026 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3027<
3028 *libcallnr()*
3029libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3030 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3031 int instead of a string.
3032 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3033 feature is present}
3034 Example (not very useful...): >
3035 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3036 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3037<
3038 *line()*
3039line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3040 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3041 . the cursor position
3042 $ the last line in the current buffer
3043 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3044 returned)
3045 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3046 Examples: >
3047 line(".") line number of the cursor
3048 line("'t") line number of mark t
3049 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3050< *last-position-jump*
3051 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3052 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3053 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00003054
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3056 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3057 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3058 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3059 line returns 1.
3060 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3061 below the last line: >
3062 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3063< This is the file size plus one.
3064 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3065 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3066 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3067
3068lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3069 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3070 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3071 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3072 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3073 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3074 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3075
3076localtime() *localtime()*
3077 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3078 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3079
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003080
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003081map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
3082 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
3083 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3084 {string}.
3085 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
3086 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
3087 Example: >
3088 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003089< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003090
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003091 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003092 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003093 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3094 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003095
3096 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
3097 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003098 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003099
3100< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003101
3102
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003103maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3104 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3105 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3106 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3107 "n" Normal
3108 "v" Visual
3109 "o" Operator-pending
3110 "i" Insert
3111 "c" Cmd-line
3112 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3113 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3114 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3115 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3116 command. The returned String has special characters
3117 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3118 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3119 then the global mappings.
3120
3121mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3122 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3123 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3124 {name}.
3125 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3126 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3127
3128 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3129 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3130 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3131 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3132 mapcheck("b") no no no
3133
3134 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3135 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3136 mapping for {name} exactly.
3137 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3138 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3139 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3140 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3141 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3142 then the global mappings.
3143 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3144 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3145 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3146 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3147 :endif
3148< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3149 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3150
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003151match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003152 When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first
3153 item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String,
3154 Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
3155 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3156 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3157 {pat} matches.
3158 A match at the first character or List item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003159 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3160 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003161 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3162 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3163< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003164 *strpbrk()*
3165 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3166 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3167< *strcasestr()*
3168 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3169 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3170 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3171<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003172 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003173 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3174 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003175 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003176< In a List the search continues in the next item.
3177
3178 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
3179 {start} in a String or item {start} in a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003180 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003181 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003182 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3183< result is again "4". >
3184 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3185< result is again "4". >
3186 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3187< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003188 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3189 the index is counted from the end.
3190 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
3191 > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned.
3192
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003193 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3194 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3195 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3196 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3197
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003198matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3200 the match. Example: >
3201 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3202< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003203 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3204 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3205 do it with matchend(): >
3206 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3207 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3208< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3209
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003210 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3211 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3212< results in "7". >
3213 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3214< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003215 When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003216
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003217matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
3218 Same as match(), but return a List. The first item in the
3219 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3220 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3221 in |:substitute|.
3222 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3223
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003224matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3226 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3227< results in "ing".
3228 When there is no match "" is returned.
3229 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3230 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3231< results in "ing". >
3232 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3233< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003234 When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned.
3235 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003236
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003237 *max()*
3238max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3239 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3240 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3241 An empty List results in zero.
3242
3243 *min()*
3244min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3245 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3246 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3247 An empty List results in zero.
3248
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003249 *mkdir()* *E749*
3250mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3251 Create directory {name}.
3252 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3253 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3254 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3255 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3256 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3257 for others.
3258 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3259 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3260 :if exists("*mkdir")
3261<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003262 *mode()*
3263mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3264 n Normal
3265 v Visual by character
3266 V Visual by line
3267 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3268 s Select by character
3269 S Select by line
3270 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3271 i Insert
3272 R Replace
3273 c Command-line
3274 r Hit-enter prompt
3275 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3276 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3277
3278nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3279 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3280 that is not blank. Example: >
3281 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3282< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3283 below it, zero is returned.
3284 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3285
3286nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3287 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3288 value {expr}. Examples: >
3289 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3290 nr2char(32) returns " "
3291< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3292 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3293< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3294 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3295 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003296 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297
3298prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3299 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3300 that is not blank. Example: >
3301 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3302< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3303 above it, zero is returned.
3304 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3305
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003306 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003307range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
3308 Returns a List with Numbers:
3309 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3310 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3311 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3312 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3313 producing a value past {max}).
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003314 When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
3315 empty list. When the maximum is more than one before the
3316 start this is an error.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003317 Examples: >
3318 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3319 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3320 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3321 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003322 range(0) " []
3323 range(2, 0) " error!
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003324<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003325 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003326readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003327 Read file {fname} and return a List, each line of the file as
3328 an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
3329 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3330 NL appears somewhere).
3331 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3332 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3333 added.
3334 - No CR characters are removed.
3335 Otherwise:
3336 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3337 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3338 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003339 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3340 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3341 lines of a file: >
3342 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3343 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3344 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003345< When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
3346 are returned, or as many as there are.
3347 When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003348 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3349 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3350 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003351 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3352 the result is an empty list.
3353 Also see |writefile()|.
3354
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003355 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3356remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3357 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3358 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3359 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3360 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3361 remote_read() is stored there.
3362 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3363 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3364 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3365 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3366 and the result will be the empty string.
3367 Examples: >
3368 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3369 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3370<
3371
3372remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3373 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3374 This works like: >
3375 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3376< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3377 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3378 to bring itself to the foreground.
3379 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3380 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3381 Win32 console version}
3382
3383
3384remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3385 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3386 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3387 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3388 name of a variable.
3389 Returns zero if none are available.
3390 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3391 See also |clientserver|.
3392 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3393 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3394 Examples: >
3395 :let repl = ""
3396 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3397
3398remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3399 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3400 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3401 See also |clientserver|.
3402 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3403 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3404 Example: >
3405 :echo remote_read(id)
3406<
3407 *remote_send()* *E241*
3408remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003409 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3410 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3411 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003412 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3413 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3414 remote_read() is stored there.
3415 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3416 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3417 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3418 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3419 up the display.
3420 Examples: >
3421 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3422 \ remote_read(serverid)
3423
3424 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3425 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3426 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3427 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003428<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003429remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
3430 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and
3431 return it.
3432 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3433 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3434 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3435 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3436 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003437 Example: >
3438 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003439 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003440remove({dict}, {key})
3441 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3442 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3443< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3444
3445 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003446
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003447rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3448 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3449 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3450 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3451 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3452 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3453
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003454repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3455 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3456 result. Example: >
3457 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3458< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003459 When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003460 {count} times. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003461 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3462< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003463
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003464
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003465resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3466 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3467 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3468 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3469 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3470 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3471 stopped after 100 iterations.
3472 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3473 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3474 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3475 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3476 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3477
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003478 *reverse()*
3479reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3480 {list}.
3481 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3482 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3483
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003484search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3485 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003486 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003487 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3488 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003489 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003490 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3491 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
3492 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3493
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003494 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3495 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3496 flag is used).
3497 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3498 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003499
3500 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3501 :let n = 1
3502 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3503 : exe "argument " . n
3504 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3505 : " first search to find match at start of file
3506 : normal G$
3507 : let flags = "w"
3508 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3509 : s/foo/bar/g
3510 : let flags = "W"
3511 : endwhile
3512 : update " write the file if modified
3513 : let n = n + 1
3514 :endwhile
3515<
3516 *searchpair()*
3517searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3518 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3519 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3520 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3521 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3522 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3523 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3524 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3525
3526 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3527 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3528 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3529 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3530 typical use is: >
3531 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3532< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3533
3534 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3535 'n' do Not move the cursor
3536 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3537 outer pair
3538 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3539 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3540
3541 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3542 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3543 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3544 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3545 or a string.
3546 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3547 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3548 and -1 returned.
3549
3550 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3551 patterns are used like it's on.
3552
3553 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3554 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3555 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3556 if 1
3557 if 2
3558 endif 2
3559 endif 1
3560< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3561 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3562 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3563 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3564 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3565 "endif 2".
3566 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3567 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3568 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3569 the matching start.
3570
3571 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3572
3573 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3574 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3575
3576< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3577 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3578 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3579 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3580 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3581 match.
3582 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3583
3584 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3585
3586< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3587 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3588 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3589
3590 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3591 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3592<
3593server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3594 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3595 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3596 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3597 Note:
3598 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003599 received. I.e. before returning from the received command and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3601 See also |clientserver|.
3602 Example: >
3603 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3604<
3605serverlist() *serverlist()*
3606 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3607 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3608 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3609 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3610 Example: >
3611 :echo serverlist()
3612<
3613setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3614 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3615 {val}.
3616 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3617 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3618 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3619 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3620 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3621 Examples: >
3622 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3623 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3624< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3625
3626setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3627 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3628 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3629 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3630 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003631 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
3632 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
3633 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
3634 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
3635 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003636 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3637 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3638 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3639 line.
3640
3641setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003642 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}.
3643 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003644 When {lnum} is just below the last line the {line} will be
3645 added as a new line.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003646 If this succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely
3647 because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003649< When {line} is a List then line {lnum} and following lines
3650 will be set to the items in the list. Example: >
3651 :call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
3652< This is equivalent to: >
3653 :for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
3654 : call setline(n, l)
3655 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003656< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3657
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003658
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003659setqflist({list} [, {action}]) *setqflist()*
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003660 Creates a quickfix list using the items in {list}. Each item
3661 in {list} is a dictionary. Non-dictionary items in {list} are
3662 ignored. Each dictionary item can contain the following
3663 entries:
3664
3665 filename name of a file
3666 lnum line number in the file
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003667 pattern search pattern used to locate the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003668 col column number
3669 vcol when non-zero: "col" is visual column
3670 when zero: "col" is byte index
3671 nr error number
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003672 text description of the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003673 type single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003674
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003675 The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
3676 optional. Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
3677 locate a matching error line.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003678 If the "filename" entry is not present or neither the "lnum"
3679 or "pattern" entries are present, then the item will not be
3680 handled as an error line.
3681 If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
3682 be used.
3683
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003684 If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
3685 added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
3686 list, then a new list is created. If {action} is set to 'r',
3687 then the items from the current quickfix list are replaced
3688 with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
3689 set to ' ', then a new list is created.
3690
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003691 Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
3692
3693 This function can be used to create a quickfix list
3694 independent of the 'errorformat' setting. Use a command like
3695 ":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
3696
3697
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003698 *setreg()*
3699setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3700 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3701 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3702 then the value is appended.
3703 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3704 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3705 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3706 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3707 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3708 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3709 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3710 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3711
3712 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3713 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3714 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3715 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3716
3717 Examples: >
3718 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3719 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3720 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3721
3722< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3723 register. >
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003724 :let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003725 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3726 ....
3727 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3728
3729< You can also change the type of a register by appending
3730 nothing: >
3731 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3732
3733setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3734 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003735 {val}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003736 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3737 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3738 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
3739 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
3740 Examples: >
3741 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
3742 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
3743< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3744
3745simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
3746 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
3747 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
3748 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
3749 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
3750 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
3751 not removed either.
3752 Example: >
3753 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
3754< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
3755 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
3756 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
3757 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
3758 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
3759
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003760
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003761sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003762 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
3763 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3764 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
3765< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003766 Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003767 For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003768 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
3769 When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is
3770 called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
3771 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
3772 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
3773 sorts before the second one. Example: >
3774 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
3775 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
3776 endfunc
3777 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003778<
3779
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003780 *soundfold()*
3781soundfold({word})
3782 Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}. Uses the first
3783 language in 'spellang' for the current window that supports
3784 soundfolding. When no sound folding is possible the {word}
3785 is returned unmodified.
3786 This can be used for making spelling suggestions. Note that
3787 the method can be quite slow.
3788
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003789 *spellbadword()*
3790spellbadword() Return the badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
3791 The cursor is advanced to the start of the bad word.
3792 When no bad word is found in the cursor line an empty String
3793 is returned and the cursor doesn't move.
3794
3795 *spellsuggest()*
3796spellsuggest({word} [, {max}])
3797 Return a List with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
3798 When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
3799 returned. Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
3800
3801 {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
3802 This allows for joining two words that were split. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003803 suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
3804 replace a line.
3805
3806 {word} may also be a good word. Similar words will then be
3807 returned. {word} itself is also included, most likely as the
3808 first entry, thus this can be used to check spelling.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003809
3810 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003811 'spell' option must be set and the value of 'spelllang' is
3812 used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003813
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003814
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003815split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]]) *split()*
3816 Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted or empty
3817 each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003818 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003819 removing the matched characters.
3820 When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
3821 {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
Bram Moolenaar5c06f8b2005-05-31 22:14:58 +00003822 Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
3823 character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003824 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003825 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003826< To split a string in individual characters: >
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003827 :for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +00003828< If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
3829 :echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
3830< ['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003831 Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
3832 :let items = split(line, ':', 1)
3833< The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003834
3835
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003836strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
3837 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
3838 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
3839 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
3840 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
3841 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
3842 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
3843 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
3844 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
3845 Examples: >
3846 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
3847 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
3848 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
3849 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
3850 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
3851 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003852< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3853 :if exists("*strftime")
3854
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003855stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
3856 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
3857 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003858 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
3859 This can be used to find a second match: >
3860 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
3861 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
3862< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00003863 For pattern searches use |match()|.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003864 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003865 See also |strridx()|.
3866 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003867 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
3868 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
3869 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003870< *strstr()* *strchr()*
3871 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
3872 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
3873
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003874 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003875string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
3876 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
3877 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003878 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003879 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003880 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003881 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003882 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003883 Dictionary {key: value, key: value}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003884 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003885
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003886 *strlen()*
3887strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
3888 {expr} in bytes. If you want to count the number of
3889 multi-byte characters use something like this: >
3890
3891 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
3892
3893< Composing characters are not counted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003894 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
3895 For other types an error is given.
3896 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003897
3898strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
3899 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
3900 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
3901 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
3902 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
3903 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
3904 end of the {src}. >
3905 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
3906 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
3907 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
3908 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
3909< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
3910 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
3911 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
3912<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003913strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
3914 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
3915 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
3916 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
3917 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
3918 match: >
3919 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
3920 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
3921< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00003922 For pattern searches use |match()|.
3923 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003924 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003925 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003926 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003927< *strrchr()*
3928 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
3929 function strrchr().
3930
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003931strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
3932 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
3933 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
3934 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
3935 echo strtrans(@a)
3936< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
3937 starting a new line.
3938
3939submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
3940 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
3941 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
3942 the whole matched text is returned.
3943 Example: >
3944 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
3945< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
3946 A line break is included as a newline character.
3947
3948substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
3949 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
3950 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
3951 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
3952 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
3953 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
3954 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
3955 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
3956 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
3957 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
3958 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
3959 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
3960 unmodified.
3961 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
3962 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
3963 Example: >
3964 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
3965< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
3966 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
3967< results in "TESTING".
3968
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00003969synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003970 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00003971 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003972 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
3973 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00003974 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003975 line.
3976 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
3977 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
3978 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
3979 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
3980 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
3981 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
3982 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
3983
3984 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
3985 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
3986<
3987synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
3988 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
3989 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
3990 about a syntax item.
3991 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
3992 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
3993 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
3994 used (GUI, cterm or term).
3995 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
3996 {what} result
3997 "name" the name of the syntax item
3998 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
3999 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
4000 term: empty string)
4001 "bg" background color (like "fg")
4002 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
4003 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
4004 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
4005 "bold" "1" if bold
4006 "italic" "1" if italic
4007 "reverse" "1" if reverse
4008 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
4009 "underline" "1" if underlined
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004010 "undercurl" "1" if undercurled
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011
4012 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
4013 cursor): >
4014 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
4015<
4016synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
4017 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
4018 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
4019 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
4020 ":highlight link" are followed.
4021
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004022system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
4023 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
4024 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
4025 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
4026 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004027 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004028 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
4029 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
4030 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
4032 The result is a String. Example: >
4033
4034 :let files = system("ls")
4035
4036< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
4037 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
4038 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
4039 The command executed is constructed using several options:
4040 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
4041 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
4042 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
4043 concatenated commands.
4044
4045 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
4046 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
4047 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
4048 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
4049
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004050
4051taglist({expr}) *taglist()*
4052 Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
4053 Each list item is a dictionary with the following entries:
4054 name name of the tag.
4055 filename name of the file where the tag is
4056 defined.
4057 cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in
4058 the file.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004059 kind type of the tag. The value for this
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004060 entry depends on the language specific
4061 kind values generated by the ctags
4062 tool.
4063 static a file specific tag. Refer to
4064 |static-tag| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004065 The "kind" entry is only available when using Exuberant ctags
4066 generated tags file. More entries may be present, depending
4067 on the content of the tags file: access, implementation,
4068 inherits and signature. Refer to the ctags documentation for
4069 information about these fields. For C code the fields
4070 "struct", "class" and "enum" may appear, they give the name of
4071 the entity the tag is contained in.
4072
4073 The ex-command 'cmd' can be either an ex search pattern, a
4074 line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004075
4076 If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
4077
4078 To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
4079 used in {expr}. Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
4080 about the tag search regular expression pattern.
4081
4082 Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
4083 located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
4084 the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
4085
4086
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004087tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
4088 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
4089 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
4090 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
4091 :let tmpfile = tempname()
4092 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
4093< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
4094 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
4095 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
4096 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
4097 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
4098 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
4099
4100tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
4101 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
4102 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
4103 the string).
4104
4105toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
4106 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
4107 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
4108 the string).
4109
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00004110tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
4111 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
4112 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
4113 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
4114 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
4115 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
4116 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
4117
4118 Examples: >
4119 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
4120< returns "Hello THere" >
4121 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
4122< returns "{blob}"
4123
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004124 *type()*
4125type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004126 Number: 0
4127 String: 1
4128 Funcref: 2
4129 List: 3
4130 Dictionary: 4
4131 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004132 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
4133 :if type(myvar) == type("")
4134 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
4135 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004136 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004137
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004138values({dict}) *values()*
4139 Return a List with all the values of {dict}. The List is in
4140 arbitrary order.
4141
4142
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004143virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
4144 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
4145 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
4146 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
4147 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
4148 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
4149 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
4150 set to 8, it returns 8.
4151 For the byte position use |col()|.
4152 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
4153 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
4154 The accepted positions are:
4155 . the cursor position
4156 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
4157 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
4158 plus one)
4159 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
4160 returned)
4161 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
4162 Examples: >
4163 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
4164 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
4165 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
4166< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
4167
4168visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
4169 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
4170 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
4171 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
4172 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
4173 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
4174 Example: >
4175 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
4176< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
4177 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
4178 Visual mode that was used.
4179
4180 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
4181 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
4182 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
4183 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
4184
4185 *winbufnr()*
4186winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004187 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004188 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
4189 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4190 Example: >
4191 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
4192<
4193 *wincol()*
4194wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
4195 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
4196 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
4197
4198winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
4199 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
4200 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
4201 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4202 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
4203 Examples: >
4204 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
4205<
4206 *winline()*
4207winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
4208 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
4209 the window. The first line is one.
4210
4211 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004212winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4213 window. The top window has number 1.
4214 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
4215 last window is returnd (the window count).
4216 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4217 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4218 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4219 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4220 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004221
4222 *winrestcmd()*
4223winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4224 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4225 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4226 Example: >
4227 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4228 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4229 :exe cmd
4230
4231winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4232 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4233 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4234 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4235 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4236 Examples: >
4237 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4238 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4239 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4240 :endif
4241<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004242 *writefile()*
4243writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
4244 Write List {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
4245 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4246 Number.
4247 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4248 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4249 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4250 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4251 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4252 to writefile().
4253 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4254 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4255 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4256 fails.
4257 Also see |readfile()|.
4258 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4259 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4260 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4261<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004262
4263 *feature-list*
4264There are three types of features:
42651. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4266 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4267 :if has("cindent")
42682. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4269 Example: >
4270 :if has("gui_running")
4271< *has-patch*
42723. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4273 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4274 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4275 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4276
4277all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4278amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4279arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4280arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
4281autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
4282balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
4283beos BeOS version of Vim.
4284browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4285 work.
4286builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4287byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4288cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4289clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4290clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4291cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4292cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4293cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4294comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4295cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4296cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4297compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4298debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4299dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4300dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4301diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4302digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4303dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4304dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4305dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4306ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4307emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4308eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4309 true, of course!
4310ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4311extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4312 |'hlsearch'|
4313farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4314file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004315filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4316 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004317find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4318 |+find_in_path|.
4319fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4320 Windows this is not present).
4321folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4322footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4323fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4324gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4325gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4326gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004327gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4328gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004329gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004330gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4331gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4332gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4333gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4334gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4335gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4336hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4337iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4338insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4339 Insert mode.
4340jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4341keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4342langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4343libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4344linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4345 support.
4346lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4347listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4348 and the argument list |arglist|.
4349localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4350mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4351macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4352menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4353mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4354modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4355mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4356mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4357mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4358mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4359mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4360mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4361mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4362multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4363multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4364multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004365mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004366netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004367netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004368ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4369os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4370osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4371path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4372perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4373postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4374printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004375profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004376python Compiled with Python interface.
4377qnx QNX version of Vim.
4378quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4379rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4380ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4381scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4382showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4383signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4384smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004385sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004386statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4387 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4388sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
Bram Moolenaar82cf9b62005-06-07 21:09:25 +00004389spell Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
4390syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004391syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4392 current buffer.
4393system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4394tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4395 |tag-binary-search|.
4396tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4397 |tag-old-static|.
4398tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4399 files |tag-any-white|.
4400tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4401terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4402termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4403textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4404tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4405 or terminfo file.
4406title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4407toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4408unix Unix version of Vim.
4409user_commands User-defined commands.
4410viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4411vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4412vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4413virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4414visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4415visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4416 |blockwise-operators|.
4417vms VMS version of Vim.
4418vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4419wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4420wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4421windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4422winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4423win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4424win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4425win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4426win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4427win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4428writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4429xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4430xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4431xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4432xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4433xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4434xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4435 xterm screen.
4436x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4437
4438 *string-match*
4439Matching a pattern in a String
4440
4441A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4442the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4443everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4444like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4445line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4446with ".". Example: >
4447 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4448 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4449 aa
4450 xx
4451 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4452 a
4453 x
4454
4455Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4456"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4457"\n".
4458
4459==============================================================================
44605. Defining functions *user-functions*
4461
4462New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4463functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4464commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4465
4466The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4467builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4468avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4469the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4470
4471It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|.
4472
4473 *local-function*
4474A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4475can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4476and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4477function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4478instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4479
4480 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4481:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4482
4483:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004484 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4485 Funcref: >
4486 :function dict.init
4487< *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004488:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004489 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4490 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4491 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004492
4493 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4494 Funcref: >
4495 :function dict.init(arg)
4496< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4497 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4498 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4499 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4500 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4501 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004502 *E127* *E122*
4503 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4504 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4505 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4506 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004507
4508 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4509
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004510 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4511 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4512 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4513 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4514 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4515 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4516 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004517
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004518 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4519 abort as soon as an error is detected.
4520 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
4521 will not be changed by the function.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004522
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004523 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
4524 be invoked through an entry in a Dictionary. The
4525 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4526 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004527
4528 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
4529:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
4530 by its own, without other commands.
4531
4532 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
4533:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004534 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4535 Funcref: >
4536 :delfunc dict.init
4537< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
4538 function is deleted if there are no more references to
4539 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004540 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
4541:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
4542 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
4543 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
4544 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
4545 the number 0 is returned.
4546 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
4547 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
4548
4549 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
4550 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
4551 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
4552 are executed first. This process applies to all
4553 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
4554 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
4555
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004556 *function-argument* *a:var*
4557An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
4558be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
4559 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
4560Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
4561arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
4562may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
4563as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004564can be 0). "a:000" is set to a List that contains these arguments. Note that
4565"a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
4566 *E742*
4567The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
4568However, if a List or Dictionary is used, you can changes their contents.
4569Thus you can pass a List to a function and have the function add an item to
4570it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a List or Dictionary
4571use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004572
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004573When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
4574to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
4575may be larger.
4576
4577It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
4578still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
4579until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
4580inside a function body.
4581
4582 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004583Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
4584will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
4585accessed with "g:".
4586
4587Example: >
4588 :function Table(title, ...)
4589 : echohl Title
4590 : echo a:title
4591 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004592 : echo a:0 . " items:"
4593 : for s in a:000
4594 : echon ' ' . s
4595 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004596 :endfunction
4597
4598This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004599 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
4600 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004601
4602To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
4603 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
4604 : if a:n2 == 0
4605 : return "fail"
4606 : endif
4607 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
4608 : return "ok"
4609 :endfunction
4610
4611This function can then be called with: >
4612 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
4613 :if success == "ok"
4614 : echo div
4615 :endif
4616
4617An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
4618with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
4619 :function Foo()
4620 : execute Bar()
4621 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
4622 :endfunction
4623
4624 :function Bar()
4625 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
4626 :endfunction
4627
4628The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
4629the caller to set the names.
4630
4631 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
4632:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
4633 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
4634 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
4635 used.
4636 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
4637 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
4638 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
4639 function.
4640 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
4641 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
4642 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
4643 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
4644 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
4645 this works:
4646 *function-range-example* >
4647 :function Mynumber(arg)
4648 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
4649 :endfunction
4650 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
4651<
4652 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
4653 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
4654 the range.
4655
4656 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
4657
4658 :function Cont() range
4659 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
4660 :endfunction
4661 :4,8call Cont()
4662<
4663 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
4664 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
4665
4666 *E132*
4667The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
4668option.
4669
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004670
4671AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004672 *autoload-functions*
4673When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004674only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
4675the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
4676
4677
4678Using an autocommand ~
4679
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004680This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
4681
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004682The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
4683You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
4684That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
4685again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
4686
4687Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
4688function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004689
4690 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
4691
4692The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
4693"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
4694
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004695
4696Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004697 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004698This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
4699
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004700Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
4701exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
4702like this: >
4703
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004704 :call filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004705
4706When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
4707"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
4708"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
4709then define the function like this: >
4710
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004711 function filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004712 echo "Done!"
4713 endfunction
4714
4715The file name and the name used before the colon in the function must match
4716exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
4717called.
4718
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004719It is possible to use subdirectories. Every # in the function name works like
4720a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004721
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004722 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004723
4724Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
4725
4726The name before the first colon must be at least two characters long,
4727otherwise it looks like a scope, such as "s:".
4728
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004729This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
4730
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004731 :let l = foo#bar#lvar
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004732
4733When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
4734be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
4735
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004736 :let foo#bar#toggle = 1
4737 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004738
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00004739Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
4740defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
4741function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004742And you will get an error message every time.
4743
4744Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
4745other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
4746Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004747
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004748==============================================================================
47496. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
4750
4751Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
4752This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
4753{} like this: >
4754 my_{adjective}_variable
4755
4756When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
4757that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
4758name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
4759"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
4760"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
4761
4762One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
4763value. For example, the statement >
4764 echo my_{&background}_message
4765
4766would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
4767on the current value of 'background'.
4768
4769You can use multiple brace pairs: >
4770 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
4771..or even nest them: >
4772 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
4773where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
4774
4775However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004776variable name, e.g. this is invalid: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004777 :let foo='a + b'
4778 :echo c{foo}d
4779.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
4780
4781 *curly-braces-function-names*
4782You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
4783Example: >
4784 :let func_end='whizz'
4785 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
4786
4787This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
4788
4789==============================================================================
47907. Commands *expression-commands*
4791
4792:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
4793 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
4794 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
4795 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
4796 is created.
4797
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004798:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
4799 Set a list item to the result of the expression
4800 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
4801 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
4802 the index can be repeated.
4803 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
4804
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004805 *E711* *E719*
4806:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004807 Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the
4808 expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
4809 correct number of items.
4810 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
4811 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
4812 When the selected range of items is partly past the
4813 end of the list, items will be added.
4814
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004815 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004816:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
4817:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
4818:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
4819 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
4820 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
4821
4822
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004823:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
4824 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
4825 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004826:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
4827 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
4828 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
4829 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004830
4831:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
4832 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
4833 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
4834 must be the name of a writable register (see
4835 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
4836 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
4837 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
4838 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
4839 characterwise.
4840 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
4841 :let @/ = ""
4842< This is different from searching for an empty string,
4843 that would match everywhere.
4844
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004845:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
4846 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
4847 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
4848
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004849:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
4850 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004851 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
4852 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004853 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
4854 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
4855 value and the global value is changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004856 Example: >
4857 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004858
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004859:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
4860 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
4861 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
4862
4863:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
4864:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
4865 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
4866 {expr1}.
4867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004868:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004869:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
4870:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
4871:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
4873 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
4874
4875:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004876:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
4877:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
4878:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004879 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
4880 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
4881
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004882:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004883 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
4884 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
4885 {name2}, etc.
4886 The number of names must match the number of items in
4887 the List.
4888 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
4889 command as mentioned above.
4890 Example: >
4891 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004892< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
4893 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
4894 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
4895 :let x = [0, 1]
4896 :let i = 0
4897 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
4898 :echo x
4899< The result is [0, 2].
4900
4901:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
4902:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
4903:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
4904 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
4905 List item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004906
4907:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004908 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the List may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004909 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
4910 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
4911 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00004912 Example: >
4913 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
4914<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004915:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
4916:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
4917:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
4918 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
4919 List item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004920 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004921:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00004922 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
4923 here: *E738*
4924 g: global variables.
4925 b: local buffer variables.
4926 w: local window variables.
4927 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004928
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004929:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
4930 variable is indicated before the value:
4931 <nothing> String
4932 # Number
4933 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004934
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004935
4936:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
4937 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
4938 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
4939 may also be a List or Dictionary item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004940 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
4941 variables.
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00004942 One or more items from a List can be removed: >
4943 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
4944 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
4945< One item from a Dictionary can be removed at a time: >
4946 :unlet dict['two']
4947 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004948
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004949:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
4950 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
4951 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
4952 A locked variable can be deleted: >
4953 :lockvar v
4954 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
4955 :unlet v
4956< *E741*
4957 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
4958 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
4959
4960 [depth] is relevant when locking a List or Dictionary.
4961 It specifies how deep the locking goes:
4962 1 Lock the List or Dictionary itself,
4963 cannot add or remove items, but can
4964 still change their values.
4965 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
4966 the items. If an item is a List or
4967 Dictionary, cannot add or remove
4968 items, but can still change the
4969 values.
4970 3 Like 2 but for the List/Dictionary in
4971 the List/Dictionary, one level deeper.
4972 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a List
4973 or Dictionary the values cannot be changed.
4974 *E743*
4975 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
4976 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
4977 loops.
4978
4979 Note that when two variables refer to the same List
4980 and you lock one of them, the List will also be locked
4981 when used through the other variable. Example: >
4982 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
4983 :let cl = l
4984 :lockvar l
4985 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
4986< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
4987 See |deepcopy()|.
4988
4989
4990:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
4991 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
4992 opposite of |:lockvar|.
4993
4994
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004995:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
4996:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
4997 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
4998
4999 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
5000 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
5001 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
5002 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
5003 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
5004 part was not executed either.
5005
5006 You can use this to remain compatible with older
5007 versions: >
5008 :if version >= 500
5009 : version-5-specific-commands
5010 :endif
5011< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
5012 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
5013 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
5014 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
5015 avoid problems: >
5016 :if version >= 600
5017 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
5018 :endif
5019<
5020 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
5021 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
5022
5023 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
5024:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5025 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
5026 executed.
5027
5028 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
5029:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
5030 is no extra ":endif".
5031
5032:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005033 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005034:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
5035 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5036 When an error is detected from a command inside the
5037 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005038 Example: >
5039 :let lnum = 1
5040 :while lnum <= line("$")
5041 :call FixLine(lnum)
5042 :let lnum = lnum + 1
5043 :endwhile
5044<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005045 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005046 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005047
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005048:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005049:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
5050 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00005051 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005052 value of each item.
5053 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005054 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005055 Changing {list} affects what items are used. Make a
5056 copy if this is unwanted: >
5057 :for item in copy(mylist)
5058< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
5059 next item in the list, before executing the commands
5060 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
5061 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
5062 it will not be found. Thus the following example
5063 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
5064 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005065 :call remove(mylist, 0)
5066 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005067< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
5068 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
5069 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005070 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
5071 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
5072 to allow multiple item types.
5073
5074:for {var} in {string}
5075:endfo[r] Like ":for" above, but use each character in {string}
5076 as a list item.
5077 Composing characters are used as separate characters.
5078 A Number is first converted to a String.
5079
5080:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
5081:endfo[r]
5082 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
5083 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
5084 {var2}, etc. Example: >
5085 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
5086 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
5087 :endfor
5088<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005089 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005090:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
5091 to the start of the loop.
5092 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5093 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5094 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5095 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5096 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5097 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005098
5099 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005100:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
5101 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
5102 ":endfor".
5103 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5104 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5105 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5106 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5107 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5108 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005109
5110:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
5111:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
5112 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
5113 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
5114 or autocommand invocations.
5115
5116 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
5117 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
5118 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
5119 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
5120 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
5121 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
5122 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
5123 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
5124 Example: >
5125 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
5126 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
5127<
5128 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
5129 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
5130 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
5131 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
5132 processing is not terminated.
5133
5134 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
5135 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
5136 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
5137 other errors are converted to a value of the form
5138 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
5139 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
5140 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
5141 the error number.
5142 Examples: >
5143 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
5144 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
5145<
5146 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
5147:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
5148 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
5149 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
5150 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
5151 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
5152 commands are skipped.
5153 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
5154 Examples: >
5155 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
5156 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
5157 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
5158 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
5159 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
5160 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
5161 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
5162 :catch " same as /.*/
5163<
5164 Another character can be used instead of / around the
5165 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
5166 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
5167 {pattern}.
5168 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
5169 an error message because it may vary in different
5170 locales.
5171
5172 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
5173:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
5174 are executed whenever the part between the matching
5175 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
5176 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
5177 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
5178 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
5179
5180 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
5181:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
5182 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
5183 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
5184 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
5185 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
5186 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
5187 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
5188 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
5189 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
5190 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
5191 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
5192 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
5193 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
5194 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
5195 is terminated.
5196 Example: >
5197 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
5198<
5199
5200 *:ec* *:echo*
5201:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
5202 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
5203 Also see |:comment|.
5204 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
5205 cursor to the first column.
5206 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5207 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5208 Example: >
5209 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
5210< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
5211 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
5212 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
5213 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
5214 command. Example: >
5215 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
5216<
5217 *:echon*
5218:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5219 |:comment|.
5220 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5221 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5222 Example: >
5223 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5224<
5225 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5226 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5227 command: >
5228 :!echo % --> filename
5229< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5230 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5231< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5232 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5233 :echo % --> nothing
5234< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5235 :echo "%" --> %
5236< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5237 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5238< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5239
5240 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5241:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5242 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5243 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5244 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5245< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5246 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5247
5248 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5249:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5250 message in the |message-history|.
5251 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5252 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5253 displayed, not interpreted.
5254 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5255 Example: >
5256 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5257<
5258 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5259:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5260 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5261 script or function the line number will be added.
5262 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5263 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5264 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5265 (see |try-echoerr|).
5266 Example: >
5267 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5268< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5269 And to get a beep: >
5270 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5271<
5272 *:exe* *:execute*
5273:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5274 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5275 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5276 used as the processed command, command line editing
5277 keys are not recognized.
5278 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5279 Examples: >
5280 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5281 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5282<
5283 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5284 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5285 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5286
5287< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5288 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5289 command: >
5290 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5291< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5292
5293 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005294 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5295 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005296 :execute 'while i > 5'
5297 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5298<
5299 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5300 completely in the executed string: >
5301 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5302<
5303
5304 *:comment*
5305 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5306 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5307 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5308 comment. Example: >
5309 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5310
5311==============================================================================
53128. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5313
5314The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5315explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5316
5317Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5318|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5319exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5320
5321
5322TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5323
5324Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5325use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5326a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5327 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5328|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5329a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5330be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5331which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5332clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5333
5334 :try
5335 : ...
5336 : ... TRY BLOCK
5337 : ...
5338 :catch /{pattern}/
5339 : ...
5340 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5341 : ...
5342 :catch /{pattern}/
5343 : ...
5344 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5345 : ...
5346 :finally
5347 : ...
5348 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5349 : ...
5350 :endtry
5351
5352The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5353appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5354from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5355 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5356is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5357script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5358 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5359lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5360patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5361after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5362executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5363":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5364(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5365continues in the following line as usual.
5366 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5367":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5368that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5369finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5370the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5371the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5372see |try-nesting|.
5373 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5374remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5375not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5376try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5377a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5378execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5379exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5380 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5381thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5382clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5383catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5384following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5385clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5386
5387The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5388a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5389try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5390from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5391sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5392":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5393":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5394from the finally clause.
5395 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5396try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5397clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5398":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5399clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5400":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5401this pending exception or command is discarded.
5402
5403For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5404
5405
5406NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5407
5408Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5409conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5410clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5411catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5412of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5413checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5414try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5415otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5416nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5417one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5418the inner try conditional.
5419
5420When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5421finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5422An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5423thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5424implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5425as usual.
5426
5427For examples see |throw-catch|.
5428
5429
5430EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5431
5432Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5433'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5434script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5435finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5436a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5437(see |debug-scripts|).
5438
5439
5440THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5441
5442You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5443and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5444 :throw 4711
5445 :throw "string"
5446< *throw-expression*
5447You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5448first, and the result is thrown: >
5449 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5450 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5451
5452An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5453command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5454The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5455 Example: >
5456
5457 :function! Foo(arg)
5458 : try
5459 : throw a:arg
5460 : catch /foo/
5461 : endtry
5462 : return 1
5463 :endfunction
5464 :
5465 :function! Bar()
5466 : echo "in Bar"
5467 : return 4710
5468 :endfunction
5469 :
5470 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5471
5472This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5473executed. >
5474 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5475however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5476
5477Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5478abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5479exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5480 Example: >
5481
5482 :if Foo("arrgh")
5483 : echo "then"
5484 :else
5485 : echo "else"
5486 :endif
5487
5488Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5489
5490 *catch-order*
5491Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5492commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5493command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5494gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5495 Example: >
5496
5497 :function! Foo(value)
5498 : try
5499 : throw a:value
5500 : catch /^\d\+$/
5501 : echo "Number thrown"
5502 : catch /.*/
5503 : echo "String thrown"
5504 : endtry
5505 :endfunction
5506 :
5507 :call Foo(0x1267)
5508 :call Foo('string')
5509
5510The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5511An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5512specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5513specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5514
5515 : catch /.*/
5516 : echo "String thrown"
5517 : catch /^\d\+$/
5518 : echo "Number thrown"
5519
5520The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5521never taken.
5522
5523 *throw-variables*
5524If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5525in the variable |v:exception|: >
5526
5527 : catch /^\d\+$/
5528 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5529
5530You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
5531|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
5532exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
5533 Example: >
5534
5535 :function! Caught()
5536 : if v:exception != ""
5537 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
5538 : else
5539 : echo 'Nothing caught'
5540 : endif
5541 :endfunction
5542 :
5543 :function! Foo()
5544 : try
5545 : try
5546 : try
5547 : throw 4711
5548 : finally
5549 : call Caught()
5550 : endtry
5551 : catch /.*/
5552 : call Caught()
5553 : throw "oops"
5554 : endtry
5555 : catch /.*/
5556 : call Caught()
5557 : finally
5558 : call Caught()
5559 : endtry
5560 :endfunction
5561 :
5562 :call Foo()
5563
5564This displays >
5565
5566 Nothing caught
5567 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
5568 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
5569 Nothing caught
5570
5571A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
5572number in the script or function where it has been used: >
5573
5574 :function! LineNumber()
5575 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
5576 :endfunction
5577 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
5578<
5579 *try-nested*
5580An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
5581a surrounding try conditional: >
5582
5583 :try
5584 : try
5585 : throw "foo"
5586 : catch /foobar/
5587 : echo "foobar"
5588 : finally
5589 : echo "inner finally"
5590 : endtry
5591 :catch /foo/
5592 : echo "foo"
5593 :endtry
5594
5595The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
5596clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
5597conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
5598
5599 *throw-from-catch*
5600You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
5601catch clause: >
5602
5603 :function! Foo()
5604 : throw "foo"
5605 :endfunction
5606 :
5607 :function! Bar()
5608 : try
5609 : call Foo()
5610 : catch /foo/
5611 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
5612 : throw "bar"
5613 : endtry
5614 :endfunction
5615 :
5616 :try
5617 : call Bar()
5618 :catch /.*/
5619 : echo "Caught" v:exception
5620 :endtry
5621
5622This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
5623
5624 *rethrow*
5625There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
5626"v:exception" instead: >
5627
5628 :function! Bar()
5629 : try
5630 : call Foo()
5631 : catch /.*/
5632 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
5633 : throw v:exception
5634 : endtry
5635 :endfunction
5636< *try-echoerr*
5637Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
5638exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
5639Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
5640denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
5641the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
5642
5643 :try
5644 : try
5645 : asdf
5646 : catch /.*/
5647 : echoerr v:exception
5648 : endtry
5649 :catch /.*/
5650 : echo v:exception
5651 :endtry
5652
5653This code displays
5654
5655 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
5656
5657
5658CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
5659
5660Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
5661user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
5662an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
5663a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
5664catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
5665a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
5666normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
5667(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
5668to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
5669clause has been executed.)
5670Example: >
5671
5672 :try
5673 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
5674 : set ts=17
5675 :
5676 : " Do the hard work here.
5677 :
5678 :finally
5679 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
5680 : unlet s:saved_ts
5681 :endtry
5682
5683This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
5684changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
5685that function or script part.
5686
5687 *break-finally*
5688Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
5689a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
5690 Example: >
5691
5692 :let first = 1
5693 :while 1
5694 : try
5695 : if first
5696 : echo "first"
5697 : let first = 0
5698 : continue
5699 : else
5700 : throw "second"
5701 : endif
5702 : catch /.*/
5703 : echo v:exception
5704 : break
5705 : finally
5706 : echo "cleanup"
5707 : endtry
5708 : echo "still in while"
5709 :endwhile
5710 :echo "end"
5711
5712This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
5713
5714 :function! Foo()
5715 : try
5716 : return 4711
5717 : finally
5718 : echo "cleanup\n"
5719 : endtry
5720 : echo "Foo still active"
5721 :endfunction
5722 :
5723 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
5724
5725This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
5726extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
5727return value.)
5728
5729 *except-from-finally*
5730Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
5731a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
5732cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
5733exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
5734 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
5735working correctly: >
5736
5737 :try
5738 : try
5739 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
5740 : while 1
5741 : endwhile
5742 : finally
5743 : unlet novar
5744 : endtry
5745 :catch /novar/
5746 :endtry
5747 :echo "Script still running"
5748 :sleep 1
5749
5750If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
5751think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
5752|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
5753
5754
5755CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
5756
5757If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
5758watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
5759presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
5760exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
5761the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
5762the error exception is.
5763 Error exceptions have the following format: >
5764
5765 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
5766or >
5767 Vim:{errmsg}
5768
5769{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
5770the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
5771when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
5772a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
5773a space.
5774
5775Examples:
5776
5777The command >
5778 :unlet novar
5779normally produces the error message >
5780 E108: No such variable: "novar"
5781which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5782 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
5783
5784The command >
5785 :dwim
5786normally produces the error message >
5787 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5788which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5789 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5790
5791You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
5792 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
5793or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
5794 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
5795
5796Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
5797 :function nofunc
5798and >
5799 :delfunction nofunc
5800both produce the error message >
5801 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5802which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5803 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5804or >
5805 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5806respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
5807command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
5808 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
5809
5810Some commands like >
5811 :let x = novar
5812produce multiple error messages, here: >
5813 E121: Undefined variable: novar
5814 E15: Invalid expression: novar
5815Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
5816one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
5817 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
5818
5819You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
5820 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
5821
5822You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
5823 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
5824
5825You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
5826 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
5827<
5828 *catch-text*
5829NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
5830 :catch /No such variable/
5831only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
5832a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
5833cite the message text in a comment: >
5834 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
5835
5836
5837IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
5838
5839You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
5840
5841 :try
5842 : write
5843 :catch
5844 :endtry
5845
5846But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
5847catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
5848be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
5849
5850 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
5851
5852There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
5853writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
5854then hide the error from the user.
5855 It is much better to use >
5856
5857 :try
5858 : write
5859 :catch /^Vim(write):/
5860 :endtry
5861
5862which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
5863intentionally.
5864
5865For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
5866even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
5867command: >
5868 :silent! nunmap k
5869This works also when a try conditional is active.
5870
5871
5872CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
5873
5874When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
5875the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
5876script is not terminated, then.
5877 Example: >
5878
5879 :function! TASK1()
5880 : sleep 10
5881 :endfunction
5882
5883 :function! TASK2()
5884 : sleep 20
5885 :endfunction
5886
5887 :while 1
5888 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
5889 : try
5890 : if command == ""
5891 : continue
5892 : elseif command == "END"
5893 : break
5894 : elseif command == "TASK1"
5895 : call TASK1()
5896 : elseif command == "TASK2"
5897 : call TASK2()
5898 : else
5899 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
5900 : continue
5901 : endif
5902 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
5903 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
5904 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
5905 : endtry
5906 :endwhile
5907
5908You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
5909a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
5910
5911For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
5912your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
5913command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
5914
5915
5916CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
5917
5918The commands >
5919
5920 :catch /.*/
5921 :catch //
5922 :catch
5923
5924catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
5925explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
5926a script in order to catch unexpected things.
5927 Example: >
5928
5929 :try
5930 :
5931 : " do the hard work here
5932 :
5933 :catch /MyException/
5934 :
5935 : " handle known problem
5936 :
5937 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
5938 : echo "Script interrupted"
5939 :catch /.*/
5940 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
5941 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
5942 :endtry
5943 :" end of script
5944
5945Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
5946strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
5947specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
5948 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
5949by pressing CTRL-C: >
5950
5951 :while 1
5952 : try
5953 : sleep 1
5954 : catch
5955 : endtry
5956 :endwhile
5957
5958
5959EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
5960
5961Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
5962
5963 :autocmd User x try
5964 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
5965 :autocmd User x catch
5966 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
5967 :autocmd User x endtry
5968 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
5969 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
5970 :
5971 :try
5972 : doautocmd User x
5973 :catch
5974 : echo v:exception
5975 :endtry
5976
5977This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
5978
5979 *except-autocmd-Pre*
5980For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
5981command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
5982of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
5983abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
5984 Example: >
5985
5986 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
5987 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
5988 :
5989 :try
5990 : write
5991 :catch
5992 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
5993 :endtry
5994
5995Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
5996you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
5997autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
5998script displays: >
5999
6000 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
6001<
6002 *except-autocmd-Post*
6003For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
6004command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
6005an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
6006is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
6007 Example: >
6008
6009 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
6010 :
6011 :try
6012 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6013 :catch
6014 : echo v:exception
6015 :endtry
6016
6017This just displays: >
6018
6019 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
6020
6021If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
6022fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
6023 Example: >
6024
6025 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
6026 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
6027 :
6028 :try
6029 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6030 :catch
6031 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6032 :endtry
6033<
6034You can also use ":silent!": >
6035
6036 :let x = "ok"
6037 :let v:errmsg = ""
6038 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
6039 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
6040 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
6041 :try
6042 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6043 :catch
6044 :endtry
6045 :echo x
6046
6047This displays "after fail".
6048
6049If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
6050autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
6051
6052 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
6053 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
6054 :
6055 :try
6056 : write
6057 :catch
6058 : echo v:exception
6059 :endtry
6060<
6061 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
6062For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
6063autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
6064of the command.
6065 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
6066had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
6067some way. >
6068
6069 :if !exists("cnt")
6070 : let cnt = 0
6071 :
6072 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
6073 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
6074 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
6075 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6076 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6077 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
6078 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
6079 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6080 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6081 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
6082 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6083 :endif
6084 :
6085 :try
6086 : write
6087 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
6088 : if &modified
6089 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
6090 : else
6091 : echo "Error after writing"
6092 : endif
6093 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6094 : echo "Error on writing"
6095 :endtry
6096
6097When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
6098first >
6099 File successfully written!
6100then >
6101 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
6102then >
6103 Error after writing
6104etc.
6105
6106 *except-autocmd-ill*
6107You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
6108The following code is ill-formed: >
6109
6110 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
6111 :
6112 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
6113 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
6114 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
6115 :
6116 :write
6117
6118
6119EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
6120
6121Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
6122pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
6123similar things in Vim.
6124 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
6125class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
6126string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
6127 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
6128it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
6129for an error when writing "myfile".
6130 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
6131base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
6132parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
6133 Example: >
6134
6135 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
6136 : if a:a < 0
6137 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
6138 : endif
6139 :endfunction
6140 :
6141 :function! Add(a, b)
6142 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
6143 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
6144 : let c = a:a + a:b
6145 : if c < 0
6146 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
6147 : endif
6148 : return c
6149 :endfunction
6150 :
6151 :function! Div(a, b)
6152 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
6153 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
6154 : if (a:b == 0)
6155 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
6156 : endif
6157 : return a:a / a:b
6158 :endfunction
6159 :
6160 :function! Write(file)
6161 : try
6162 : execute "write" a:file
6163 : catch /^Vim(write):/
6164 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
6165 : endtry
6166 :endfunction
6167 :
6168 :try
6169 :
6170 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
6171 :
6172 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
6173 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6174 : echo "Range error in" function
6175 :
6176 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
6177 : echo "Math error"
6178 :
6179 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
6180 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
6181 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6182 : if file !~ '^/'
6183 : let file = dir . "/" . file
6184 : endif
6185 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
6186 :
6187 :catch /^EXCEPT/
6188 : echo "Unspecified error"
6189 :
6190 :endtry
6191
6192The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
6193a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
6194exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
6195 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
6196failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
6197
6198
6199PECULIARITIES
6200 *except-compat*
6201The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
6202exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
6203and/or a catch clause.
6204
6205In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
6206continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
6207after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
6208functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
6209or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
6210(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
6211
6212This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
6213immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
6214conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
6215be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
6216termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
6217catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
6218by specifying a finally clause.)
6219
6220When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6221behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6222scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6223
6224However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6225commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6226conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6227script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6228error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6229messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6230|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6231not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6232where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6233error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6234scripts.
6235
6236 *except-syntax-err*
6237Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6238the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6239clauses, however, is executed.
6240 Example: >
6241
6242 :try
6243 : try
6244 : throw 4711
6245 : catch /\(/
6246 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6247 : catch
6248 : echo "inner catch-all"
6249 : finally
6250 : echo "inner finally"
6251 : endtry
6252 :catch
6253 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6254 : finally
6255 : echo "outer finally"
6256 :endtry
6257
6258This displays: >
6259 inner finally
6260 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6261 outer finally
6262The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6263
6264 *except-single-line*
6265The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6266a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6267"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6268 Example: >
6269 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6270raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6271argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6272error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6273displayed.
6274
6275 *except-several-errors*
6276When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6277usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6278 Example: >
6279 echo novar
6280causes >
6281 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6282 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6283The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6284 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6285< *except-syntax-error*
6286But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6287the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6288 Example: >
6289 unlet novar #
6290causes >
6291 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6292 E488: Trailing characters
6293The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6294 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6295This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6296not intended by the user. Example: >
6297 try
6298 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6299 catch /.*/
6300 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6301 endtry
6302This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6303a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6304
6305==============================================================================
63069. Examples *eval-examples*
6307
6308Printing in Hex ~
6309>
6310 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6311 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6312 : let n = a:nr
6313 : let r = ""
6314 : while n
6315 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6316 : let n = n / 16
6317 : endwhile
6318 : return r
6319 :endfunc
6320
6321 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6322 :" character Hex string.
6323 :func String2Hex(str)
6324 : let out = ''
6325 : let ix = 0
6326 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6327 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6328 : let ix = ix + 1
6329 : endwhile
6330 : return out
6331 :endfunc
6332
6333Example of its use: >
6334 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6335result: "20" >
6336 :echo String2Hex("32")
6337result: "3332"
6338
6339
6340Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6341
6342Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6343":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6344platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6345function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6346with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6347>
6348 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6349 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6350 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6351 : return -1
6352 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6353 : return 1
6354 : else
6355 : return 0
6356 : endif
6357 :endfunction
6358
6359 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6360 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6361 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6362 : return
6363 : endif
6364 : let partition = a:start - 1
6365 : let middle = partition
6366 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6367 : let i = a:start
6368 : while (i <= a:end)
6369 : let str = getline(i)
6370 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6371 : if (result <= 0)
6372 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6373 : let partition = partition + 1
6374 : if (result == 0)
6375 : let middle = partition
6376 : endif
6377 : if (i != partition)
6378 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6379 : call setline(i, str2)
6380 : call setline(partition, str)
6381 : endif
6382 : endif
6383 : let i = i + 1
6384 : endwhile
6385
6386 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6387 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6388 : " the end of the partition.
6389 : if (middle != partition)
6390 : let str = getline(middle)
6391 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6392 : call setline(middle, str2)
6393 : call setline(partition, str)
6394 : endif
6395 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6396 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6397 :endfunc
6398
6399 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6400 :" function that will compare two lines.
6401 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6402 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6403 :endfunc
6404
6405 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6406 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6407<
6408 *sscanf*
6409There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6410line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6411how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6412"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6413 :" Set up the match bit
6414 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6415 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6416 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6417 :"get each item out of the match
6418 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6419 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6420 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6421
6422The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6423"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6424
6425==============================================================================
642610. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6427
6428When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6429evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6430to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6431recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6432and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6433only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6434recognized.
6435
6436Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6437missing: >
6438
6439 :if 1
6440 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6441 :else
6442 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6443 :endif
6444
6445==============================================================================
644611. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6447
6448The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6449options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6450these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6451these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
6452a tags file is executed.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006453The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006454
6455These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6456 - changing the buffer text
6457 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6458 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6459 - executing a shell command
6460 - reading or writing a file
6461 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006462This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6463
6464 *:san* *:sandbox*
6465:sandbox {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
6466 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6467 'foldexpr'.
6468
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006469
6470 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: